1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * 15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 18 * 19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 26 * 27 */ 28 29 /* 30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 33 * 34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 38 * can actually be identified and removed. 39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 40 */ 41 42 #include <linux/types.h> 43 44 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 45 46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 53 54 /** 55 * DOC: Station handling 56 * 57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 61 * to. 62 * 63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 64 * capabilities. 65 * 66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 72 * time mark it authorized. 73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 76 * 77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 78 */ 79 80 /** 81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 82 * 83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 87 * for various reasons. 88 * 89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 95 * for doing that. 96 * 97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 99 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 100 * 101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 107 * 108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 111 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 112 * 113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 114 * below. 115 */ 116 117 /** 118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 119 * 120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 124 * 125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 127 * types there no concurrency is implied. 128 * 129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 136 * 137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 145 * 146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 147 * interfaces that a given device supports. 148 */ 149 150 /** 151 * DOC: packet coalesce support 152 * 153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 156 * and power consumption. 157 * 158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 161 * following events occur. 162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 166 * 167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 168 * rule. 169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 172 * Multiple such rules can be created. 173 */ 174 175 /** 176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 177 * 178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 185 * 186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 192 * 193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 196 */ 197 198 /** 199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 200 * 201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 215 * 216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 217 * below additional parameters to userspace. 218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 224 * 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 232 */ 233 234 /** 235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 236 * 237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 238 * 239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 240 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 255 * 256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 271 * 272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 281 * 282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 302 * 303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 315 * frame). 316 * 317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 334 * 335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 338 * global regdomain will be returned. 339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 361 * 362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 364 * 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 373 * added to all specified management frames generated by 374 * kernel/firmware/driver. 375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 381 * 382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 387 * be used. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 391 * partial scan results may be available 392 * 393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 420 * results available. 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 428 * 429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 430 * or noise level 431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 433 * 434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 441 * ESS. 442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 445 * authentication. 446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 447 * 448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 473 * the beacon hint was processed. 474 * 475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 478 * authentication process. 479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 487 * to be added to the frame. 488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 498 * pending authentication timed out). 499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 506 * included). 507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 510 * primitives). 511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 522 * 523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 532 * determined by the network interface. 533 * 534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 536 * to the driver. 537 * 538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 547 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 548 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 549 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 550 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 551 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 552 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 553 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 554 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 557 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 558 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 559 * a different BSS is desired. 560 * Background scan period can optionally be 561 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 562 * if not specified default background scan configuration 563 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 564 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 565 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 566 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 567 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 568 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 569 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 570 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 571 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 572 * well to remain backwards compatible. 573 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 574 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 575 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 576 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 577 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 578 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 579 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 580 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 581 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 582 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 583 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 584 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 585 * 586 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 587 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 588 * 589 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 590 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 591 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 592 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 593 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 594 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 595 * frequency for the operation. 596 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 597 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 598 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 599 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 600 * radio). 601 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 602 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 603 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 604 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 605 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 606 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 608 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 609 * uniquely identify the request. 610 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 611 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 612 * 613 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 614 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 615 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 616 * 617 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 618 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 619 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 620 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 621 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 622 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 623 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 624 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 625 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 626 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 627 * backward compatibility 628 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 629 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 630 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 631 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 632 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 633 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 634 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 635 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 636 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 637 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 638 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 639 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 640 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 641 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 642 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 644 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 645 * is used during CSA period. 646 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 647 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 648 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 649 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 650 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 651 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 652 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 653 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 654 * the frame. 655 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 656 * backward compatibility. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 659 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 660 * 661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 662 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 663 * levels. 664 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 665 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 666 * reached. 667 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 668 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 669 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 670 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 671 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 672 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 673 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 674 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 675 * precedence when they are used. 676 * 677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 678 * 679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 680 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 681 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 682 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 683 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 684 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 685 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 686 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 687 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 688 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 689 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 690 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 691 * command, the feature is disabled. 692 * 693 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 694 * mesh config parameters may be given. 695 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 696 * network is determined by the network interface. 697 * 698 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 699 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 700 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 703 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 704 * 705 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 706 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 707 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 708 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 709 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 710 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 711 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 712 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 713 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 714 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 715 * depending on the authentication result. 716 * 717 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 719 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 720 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 721 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 722 * more background information, see 723 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 724 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 725 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 727 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 728 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 729 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 730 * 731 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 732 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 733 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 734 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 735 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 736 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 737 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 738 * 739 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 740 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 741 * 742 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 743 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 744 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 745 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 746 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 747 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 748 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 749 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 750 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 751 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 752 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 753 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 754 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 755 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 756 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 757 * 758 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 759 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 760 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 761 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 762 * is received. 763 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 764 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 765 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 766 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 767 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 768 * 769 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 770 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 771 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 772 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 773 * 774 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 775 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 776 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 777 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 778 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 779 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 780 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 781 * 782 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 783 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 784 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 785 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 786 * 787 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 788 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 789 * 790 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 791 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 792 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 793 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 794 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 795 * from the remote AP) is completed; 796 * 797 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 798 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 799 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 800 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 801 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 802 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 803 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 804 * interfaces to change channel as well. 805 * 806 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 807 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 808 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 809 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 810 * public action frame TX. 811 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 812 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 813 * 814 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 815 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 816 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 817 * is used for this. 818 * 819 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 820 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 821 * 822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 823 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 824 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 825 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 826 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 827 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 828 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 829 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 830 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 831 * 832 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 833 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 834 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 835 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 836 * while operating on this channel. 837 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 838 * event. 839 * 840 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 841 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 842 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 843 * 844 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 845 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 846 * 847 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 848 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 849 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 850 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 851 * 852 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 853 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 854 * complete. 855 * 856 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 857 * return back to normal. 858 * 859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 860 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 861 * 862 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 863 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 864 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 865 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 866 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 867 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 868 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 869 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 870 * switch is complete. 871 * 872 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 873 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 874 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 875 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 876 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 877 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 878 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 879 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 882 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 883 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 884 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 885 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 888 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 889 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 890 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 891 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 892 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 893 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 894 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 895 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 896 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 897 * fail even if the check was successful. 898 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 899 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 900 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 901 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 902 * 903 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 904 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 906 * 907 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 908 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 909 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 910 * network is determined by the network interface. 911 * 912 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 913 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 914 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 915 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 916 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 917 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 918 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 919 * AP. 920 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 921 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 922 * when this command completes. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 925 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 926 * management. 927 * 928 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 929 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 930 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 931 * 932 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 933 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 934 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 935 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 936 * cluster. This command must have a valid 937 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 938 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 939 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 940 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 941 * added. 942 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 943 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 944 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 945 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 946 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 947 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 948 * of the function upon success. 949 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 950 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 951 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 952 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 953 * which just terminated. 954 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 955 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 956 * the response to this command. 957 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 958 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 959 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 960 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 961 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 962 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 963 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 964 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 965 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 966 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 967 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 968 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 969 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 970 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 971 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 972 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 973 * 974 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 975 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 976 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 977 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 978 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 979 * 980 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 981 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 982 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 983 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 984 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 985 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 986 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 987 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 988 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 989 * specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 990 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 991 * &NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or &NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 992 * &NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 995 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 996 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 997 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 998 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 999 * 802.11 headers. 1000 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1002 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1003 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1004 * 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1006 * 1007 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1008 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1009 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1010 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1011 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1012 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1013 * 1014 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1015 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1016 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1017 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1018 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1019 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1020 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1022 * command interface. 1023 * 1024 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1025 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1026 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1027 * 1028 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1029 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of &NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1030 * &NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,&NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1031 * address(specified in &NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1032 * 1033 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1034 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1035 */ 1036 enum nl80211_commands { 1037 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1038 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1039 1040 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1041 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1042 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1043 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1044 1045 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1046 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1047 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1048 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1049 1050 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1051 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1052 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1053 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1054 1055 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1056 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1057 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1058 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1059 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1060 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1061 1062 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1063 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1064 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1065 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1066 1067 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1068 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1069 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1070 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1071 1072 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1073 1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1075 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1076 1077 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1078 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1079 1080 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1081 1082 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1083 1084 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1085 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1086 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1087 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1088 1089 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1090 1091 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1092 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1093 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1094 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1095 1096 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1097 1098 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1099 1100 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1101 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1102 1103 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1104 1105 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1106 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1107 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1108 1109 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1110 1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1112 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1113 1114 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1115 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1116 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1117 1118 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1119 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1120 1121 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1122 1123 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1124 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1125 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1126 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1127 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1128 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1129 1130 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1131 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1132 1133 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1134 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1135 1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1137 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1138 1139 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1140 1141 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1142 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1143 1144 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1145 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1146 1147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1148 1149 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1150 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1151 1152 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1153 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1154 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1155 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1156 1157 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1158 1159 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1160 1161 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1162 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1163 1164 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1165 1166 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1167 1168 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1169 1170 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1171 1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1173 1174 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1175 1176 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1177 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1178 1179 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1180 1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1182 1183 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1188 1189 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1190 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1191 1192 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1193 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1194 1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1197 1198 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1199 1200 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1201 1202 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1203 1204 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1206 1207 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1208 1209 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1210 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1211 1212 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1213 1214 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1215 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1216 1217 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1218 1219 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1220 1221 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1222 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1223 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1224 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1225 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1226 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1227 1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1233 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1234 1235 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1236 1237 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1238 1239 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1240 1241 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1244 1245 /* add new commands above here */ 1246 1247 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1248 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1249 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1250 }; 1251 1252 /* 1253 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1254 * here 1255 */ 1256 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1257 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1258 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1259 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1260 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1261 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1262 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1263 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1264 1265 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1266 1267 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1268 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1269 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1270 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1271 1272 /** 1273 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1274 * 1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1276 * 1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1278 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1282 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1283 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1284 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1285 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1287 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1288 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1290 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1291 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1292 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1294 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1295 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1296 * this attribute) 1297 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1298 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1299 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1300 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1301 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1302 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1303 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1305 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1306 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1308 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1309 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1311 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1312 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1314 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1315 * 1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1319 * 1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1321 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1322 * 1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1324 * 1325 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1326 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1327 * keys 1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1330 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1332 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1333 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1335 * default management key 1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1337 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1339 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1340 * 1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1345 * 1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1348 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1350 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1352 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1353 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1355 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1357 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1358 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1359 * 1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1361 * consisting of a nested array. 1362 * 1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1365 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1368 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1369 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1370 * 1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1372 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1373 * 1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1375 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1376 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1377 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1378 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1379 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1380 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1381 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1382 * to a specific alpha2. 1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1384 * rules. 1385 * 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1388 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1390 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1392 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1393 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1394 * 1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1396 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1397 * 1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1399 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1400 * of the interface mode. 1401 * 1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1403 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1404 * 1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1406 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1407 * 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1409 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1411 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1413 * that can be added to a scan request 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1415 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1417 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1418 * 1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1421 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1423 * 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1425 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1427 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1428 * 1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1430 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1431 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1432 * 1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1434 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1435 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1438 * represented as a u32 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1440 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1441 * 1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1443 * a u32 1444 * 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1446 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1447 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1448 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1449 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1451 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1452 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1453 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1454 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1455 * 1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1457 * cipher suites 1458 * 1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1460 * for other networks on different channels 1461 * 1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1463 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1464 * 1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1466 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1467 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1468 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1469 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1470 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1471 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1472 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1473 * 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1475 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1476 * 1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1478 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1479 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1480 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1481 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1482 * default in station mode. 1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1484 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1485 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1486 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1487 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1488 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1490 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1491 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1493 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1494 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1495 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1496 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1497 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1498 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1499 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1500 * flag. 1501 * 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1503 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1504 * 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1506 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1507 * a local disconnect request. 1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1509 * event (u16) 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1511 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1512 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1513 * 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1515 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1516 * (an array of u32). 1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1518 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1519 * u32). 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1521 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1522 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1524 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1525 * 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1527 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1529 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1532 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1533 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1534 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1535 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1536 * 1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1538 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1540 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1541 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1542 * 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1546 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1547 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1548 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1549 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1550 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1551 * completely from scratch. 1552 * 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1554 * 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1556 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1557 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1558 * 1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1561 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1562 * 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1565 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1566 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1567 * 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1569 * 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1571 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1572 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1573 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1574 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1575 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1576 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1577 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1578 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1579 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1580 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1581 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1582 * 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1584 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1586 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1588 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1589 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1590 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1592 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1593 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1594 * 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1596 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1597 * 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1599 * 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1601 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1602 * 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1604 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1605 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1607 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1608 * 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1610 * connected to this BSS. 1611 * 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1613 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1615 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1616 * for non-automatic settings. 1617 * 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1619 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1620 * 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1622 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1623 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1624 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1625 * 1626 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1627 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1628 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1629 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1630 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1631 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1632 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1633 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1634 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1635 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1636 * 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1638 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1639 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1640 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1641 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1642 * 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1644 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1645 * 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1647 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1648 * 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1650 * 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1652 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1653 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1654 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1655 * nl80211 capability flag. 1656 * 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1658 * 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1660 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1661 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1662 * 1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1664 * changed once the mesh is active. 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1666 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1668 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1669 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1671 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1672 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1673 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1674 * 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1676 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1678 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1679 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1680 * triggers. 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1683 * cycles, in msecs. 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1686 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1687 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1688 * pass-thru filter rules. 1689 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1690 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1691 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1692 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1693 * able to ignore them by itself. 1694 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1695 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1696 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1697 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1698 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1699 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1700 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1701 * If ommited, no filtering is done. 1702 * 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1704 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1705 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1707 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1708 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1709 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1712 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1713 * 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1715 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1716 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1717 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1720 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1721 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1722 * 1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1724 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1725 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1726 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1728 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1729 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1730 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1731 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1732 * 1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1734 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1736 * as AP. 1737 * 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1739 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1742 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1743 * 1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1745 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1746 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1747 * applications use this attribute. 1748 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1749 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1750 * 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1752 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1753 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1755 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1757 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1759 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1761 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1762 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1763 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1764 * 1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1766 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1767 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1768 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1769 * 1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1771 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1772 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1773 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1774 * 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1776 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1778 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1779 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1780 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1781 * 1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1783 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1784 * to be filled by the FW. 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1786 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1788 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1789 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1790 * The values that may be configured are: 1791 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1792 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1793 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1794 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1795 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1796 * 1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1798 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1799 * to one DFS region. 1800 * 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1802 * up to 16 TIDs. 1803 * 1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1805 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1806 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from 1807 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1808 * capability to timeout the stations. 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1811 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1812 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1813 * 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1815 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1818 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1819 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1820 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1821 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1824 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1825 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1828 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1829 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1830 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1831 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1832 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1833 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1834 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1835 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1836 * consistent. 1837 * 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1839 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1840 * 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1842 * 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1844 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1846 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1847 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1848 * no change is made. 1849 * 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1851 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1852 * 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1854 * carried in a u32 attribute 1855 * 1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1857 * MAC ACL. 1858 * 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1860 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1861 * ACL. 1862 * 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1864 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1867 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1868 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1870 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1871 * 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1873 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1874 * 1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1876 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1877 * and PU-APSD. 1878 * 1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1880 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1881 * 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1883 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1884 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1887 * 1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1889 * Element 1890 * 1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1892 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1894 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1897 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1898 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1899 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1900 * 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1902 * 1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1904 * until the channel switch event. 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1906 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1907 * operation). 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1909 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1911 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1913 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1916 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1917 * 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1919 * 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1921 * supported operating classes. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1924 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1925 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1926 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1927 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1928 * IBSS network. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1931 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1933 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1934 * 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1936 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1937 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 1938 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 1939 * u8 attribute. 1940 * 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1942 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1945 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1947 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1948 * 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1950 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 1951 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 1955 * 1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 1957 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 1958 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 1959 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 1960 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 1961 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 1964 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 1966 * supported number of csa counters. 1967 * 1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 1969 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 1972 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 1973 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 1974 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 1975 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 1976 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 1977 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 1978 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 1979 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 1980 * cleared when the socket is closed. 1981 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 1982 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 1983 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 1984 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 1985 * multicast group. 1986 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 1987 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 1988 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 1989 * torn down when the socket is closed. 1990 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 1991 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 1992 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 1993 * disabled when the socket is closed. 1994 * 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 1996 * the TDLS link initiator. 1997 * 1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 1999 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2000 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2001 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2002 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2003 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2004 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2005 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2006 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2007 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2008 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2009 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2010 * 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2012 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2013 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2014 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2015 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2016 * 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2020 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2021 * 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2023 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2026 * 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2028 * 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2030 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2031 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2032 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2033 * 2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2035 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2036 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2037 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2038 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2039 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2042 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2043 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2044 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2045 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2046 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2047 * over all channels. 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2050 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2051 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2052 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2053 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2055 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2058 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2060 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2062 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2064 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2065 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2066 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2067 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2068 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2070 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2071 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2072 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2074 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2075 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2076 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2077 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2078 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2079 * 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2081 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2082 * 2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2084 * 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2086 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2087 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2088 * interface type. 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2091 * groupID for monitor mode. 2092 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2093 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2094 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2095 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2096 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2097 * each group. 2098 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2099 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2100 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2101 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2102 * groupID data. 2103 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2105 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2106 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2107 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2108 * 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2110 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2111 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2112 * attribute must not be included). 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2114 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2116 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2117 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2118 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2119 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2121 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2122 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2123 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2124 * 2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2126 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2129 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2130 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2131 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2132 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2134 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2135 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2136 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2137 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2138 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2139 * the device will decide what to use. 2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2141 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2142 * attribute. 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2144 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2146 * protection. 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2148 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2149 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2150 * 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2152 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2153 * 2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2155 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2158 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2159 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2160 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2161 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2162 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2163 * unnecessary wakeups. 2164 * 2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2166 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2167 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out 2168 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2169 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2170 * 2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2172 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2173 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2174 * 2175 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2176 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2177 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2180 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2181 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2184 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2185 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2186 * 2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2188 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2189 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2190 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2192 * 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2194 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2195 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2198 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2199 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2200 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2201 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2202 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2203 * 2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2205 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2207 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2210 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2211 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2213 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2214 * 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2216 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2217 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2218 * &NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2220 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2221 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload 2222 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated 2223 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space. 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2226 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2227 * 2228 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2230 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2231 */ 2232 enum nl80211_attrs { 2233 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2234 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2235 2236 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2237 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2238 2239 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2240 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2241 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2242 2243 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2244 2245 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2246 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2247 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2248 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2249 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2250 2251 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2252 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2253 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2254 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2255 2256 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2257 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2258 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2259 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2260 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2261 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2262 2263 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2264 2265 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2266 2267 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2268 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2269 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2270 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2271 2272 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2273 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2274 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2275 2276 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2277 2278 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2279 2280 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2281 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2282 2283 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2284 2285 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2286 2287 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2288 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2289 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2290 2291 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2292 2293 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2294 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2295 2296 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2297 2298 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2299 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2300 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2301 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2302 2303 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2304 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2305 2306 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2307 2308 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2309 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2310 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2311 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2312 2313 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2314 2315 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2316 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2317 2318 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2319 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2320 2321 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2322 2323 2324 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2325 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2326 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2328 2329 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2330 2331 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2332 2333 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2334 2335 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2336 2337 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2338 2339 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2340 2341 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2342 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2343 2344 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2345 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2346 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2347 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2348 2349 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2350 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2351 2352 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2353 2354 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2355 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2356 2357 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2358 2359 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2360 2361 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2362 2363 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2364 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2365 2366 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2367 2368 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2369 2370 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2371 2372 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2373 2374 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2375 2376 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2377 2378 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2379 2380 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2381 2382 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2383 2384 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2385 2386 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2387 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2388 2389 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2390 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2391 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2392 2393 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2394 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2395 2396 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2397 2398 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2399 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2400 2401 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2402 2403 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2404 2405 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2406 2407 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2408 2409 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2410 2411 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2412 2413 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2414 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2415 2416 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2417 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2418 2419 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2420 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2421 2422 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2423 2424 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2425 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2428 2429 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2430 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2431 2432 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2433 2434 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2435 2436 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2437 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2438 2439 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2440 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2441 2442 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2443 2444 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2445 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2446 2447 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2448 2449 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2452 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2453 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2454 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2455 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2456 2457 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2458 2459 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2460 2461 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2462 2463 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2464 2465 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2466 2467 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2468 2469 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2470 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2471 2472 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2473 2474 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2475 2476 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2477 2478 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2479 2480 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2481 2482 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2483 2484 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2485 2486 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2491 2492 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2493 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2497 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2498 2499 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2500 2501 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2502 2503 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2508 2509 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2510 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2511 2512 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2514 2515 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2516 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2517 2518 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2519 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2520 2521 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2522 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2523 2524 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2525 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2526 2527 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2528 2529 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2530 2531 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2532 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2533 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2534 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2535 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2536 2537 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2538 2539 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2546 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2547 2548 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2549 2550 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2552 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2553 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2556 2557 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2558 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2561 2562 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2563 2564 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2565 2566 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2567 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2568 2569 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2570 2571 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2577 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2578 2579 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2580 2581 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2582 2583 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2584 2585 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2586 2587 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2588 2589 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2590 2591 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2592 2593 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2598 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2599 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2601 2602 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2605 2606 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2613 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2616 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2617 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2623 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2624 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2625 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2626 2627 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2629 2630 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2631 2632 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2636 2637 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2638 2639 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2640 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2642 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2643 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2644 2645 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2648 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2649 2650 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2651 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2652 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2653 2654 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2655 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2656 2657 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2658 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2659 2660 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2661 2662 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2663 2664 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2665 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2666 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2667 }; 2668 2669 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2670 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2671 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2672 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2673 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2674 2675 /* 2676 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2677 * here 2678 */ 2679 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2680 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2681 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2682 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2683 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2684 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2685 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2686 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2687 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2688 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2689 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2690 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2691 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2692 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2693 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2694 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2695 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2696 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2697 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2698 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2699 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2700 2701 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 128 2702 2703 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2704 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2705 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2706 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2707 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2708 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2709 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2710 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2711 2712 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2713 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2714 2715 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2716 2717 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2718 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2719 2720 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2721 2722 /** 2723 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2724 * 2725 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2726 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2727 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2728 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2729 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2730 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2731 * AP type interface. 2732 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2733 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2734 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2735 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2736 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2737 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2738 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2739 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2740 * commands to create and destroy one 2741 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2742 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2743 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2744 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2745 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2746 * 2747 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2748 * to set the type of an interface. 2749 * 2750 */ 2751 enum nl80211_iftype { 2752 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2753 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2754 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2755 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2756 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2757 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2758 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2759 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2760 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2761 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2762 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2763 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2764 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2765 2766 /* keep last */ 2767 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2768 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2769 }; 2770 2771 /** 2772 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2773 * 2774 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2775 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2776 * 2777 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2778 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2779 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2780 * with short barker preamble 2781 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2782 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2783 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2784 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2785 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2786 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2787 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2788 * as errors.) 2789 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2790 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2791 * previously added station into associated state 2792 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2793 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2794 */ 2795 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2796 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2797 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2798 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2799 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2800 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2801 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2802 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2803 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2804 2805 /* keep last */ 2806 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2807 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2808 }; 2809 2810 /** 2811 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2812 * 2813 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2814 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2815 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2816 */ 2817 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2818 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2819 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2820 2821 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2822 }; 2823 2824 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2825 2826 /** 2827 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2828 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2829 * @set: which values to set them to 2830 * 2831 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2832 */ 2833 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2834 __u32 mask; 2835 __u32 set; 2836 } __attribute__((packed)); 2837 2838 /** 2839 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2840 * 2841 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2842 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2843 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2844 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2845 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2846 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2847 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2848 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2849 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2850 * 2851 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2852 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2853 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2854 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2855 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2856 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2857 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2858 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2859 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2860 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2861 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2862 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2863 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2864 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2865 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2866 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2867 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2868 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2869 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2870 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2871 */ 2872 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2873 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2874 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2875 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2876 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2877 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2878 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2879 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2880 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2881 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2882 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2883 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2884 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2885 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2886 2887 /* keep last */ 2888 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2889 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2890 }; 2891 2892 /** 2893 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 2894 * 2895 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 2896 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2897 * 2898 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2899 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 2900 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2901 * (flag) 2902 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2903 * (flag) 2904 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 2905 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 2906 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 2907 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2908 */ 2909 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 2910 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 2911 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 2912 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2913 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2914 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 2915 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2916 2917 /* keep last */ 2918 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 2919 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 2920 }; 2921 2922 /** 2923 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 2924 * 2925 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 2926 * when getting information about a station. 2927 * 2928 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2929 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 2930 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2931 * (u32, from this station) 2932 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2933 * (u32, to this station) 2934 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 2935 * (u64, from this station) 2936 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 2937 * (u64, to this station) 2938 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 2939 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 2940 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 2941 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2942 * (u32, from this station) 2943 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 2944 * (u32, to this station) 2945 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 2946 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 2947 * (u32, to this station) 2948 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 2949 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 2950 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 2951 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 2952 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 2953 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 2954 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 2955 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 2956 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 2957 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 2958 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 2959 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 2960 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 2961 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2962 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 2963 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 2964 * non-peer STA 2965 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 2966 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 2967 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 2968 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 2969 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 2970 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 2971 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 2972 * (u64) 2973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 2974 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 2975 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 2976 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 2977 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 2978 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 2979 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 2980 * attributes carrying the actual values. 2981 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 2982 * received from the station (u64, usec) 2983 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2984 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 2985 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 2986 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 2987 */ 2988 enum nl80211_sta_info { 2989 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 2990 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 2991 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 2992 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 2993 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 2994 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 2995 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 2996 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 2997 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 2998 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 2999 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3000 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3001 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3002 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3003 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3004 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3005 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3006 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3007 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3008 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3009 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3010 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3011 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3012 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3013 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3014 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3015 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3016 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3017 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3018 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3019 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3020 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3021 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3022 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3023 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3024 3025 /* keep last */ 3026 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3027 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3028 }; 3029 3030 /** 3031 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3032 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3033 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3034 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3035 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3036 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3037 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3038 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3039 * MSDUs (u64) 3040 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3041 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3042 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3043 */ 3044 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3045 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3046 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3047 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3048 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3049 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3050 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3051 3052 /* keep last */ 3053 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3054 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3055 }; 3056 3057 /** 3058 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3059 * 3060 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3061 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3062 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3063 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3064 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3065 */ 3066 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3067 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3068 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3069 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3070 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3071 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3072 }; 3073 3074 /** 3075 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3076 * 3077 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3078 * information about a mesh path. 3079 * 3080 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3081 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3082 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3083 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3084 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3085 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3086 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3087 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3088 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3089 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3090 * currently defind 3091 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3092 */ 3093 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3094 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3095 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3096 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3097 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3098 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3099 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3100 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3101 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3102 3103 /* keep last */ 3104 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3105 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3106 }; 3107 3108 /** 3109 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3110 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3111 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3112 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3113 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3114 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3115 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3116 * defined in 802.11n 3117 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3118 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3119 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3120 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3121 * defined in 802.11ac 3122 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3123 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3124 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3125 */ 3126 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3127 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3128 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3129 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3130 3131 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3132 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3133 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3134 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3135 3136 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3137 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3138 3139 /* keep last */ 3140 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3141 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3142 }; 3143 3144 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3145 3146 /** 3147 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3148 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3149 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3150 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3151 * regulatory domain. 3152 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3153 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3154 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3155 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3156 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3157 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3158 * (100 * dBm). 3159 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3160 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3161 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3162 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3163 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3164 * channel as the control channel 3165 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3166 * channel as the control channel 3167 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3168 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3169 * this includes 80+80 channels 3170 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3171 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3172 * isn't possible 3173 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3174 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3175 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3176 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3177 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3178 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3179 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3180 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3181 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3182 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3183 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3184 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3185 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3186 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3187 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3188 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3189 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3190 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3191 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3192 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3193 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3194 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3195 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3196 * currently defined 3197 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3198 * 3199 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3200 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3201 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3202 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3203 */ 3204 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3205 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3206 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3207 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3208 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3209 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3210 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3211 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3212 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3213 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3214 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3215 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3216 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3217 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3218 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3219 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3220 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3221 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3222 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3223 3224 /* keep last */ 3225 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3226 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3227 }; 3228 3229 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3230 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3231 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3232 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3233 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3234 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3235 3236 /** 3237 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3238 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3239 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3240 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3241 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3242 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3243 * currently defined 3244 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3245 */ 3246 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3247 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3248 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3249 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3250 3251 /* keep last */ 3252 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3253 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3254 }; 3255 3256 /** 3257 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3258 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3259 * regulatory domain. 3260 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3261 * regulatory domain. 3262 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3263 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3264 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3265 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3266 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3267 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3268 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3269 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3270 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3271 */ 3272 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3273 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3274 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3275 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3276 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3277 }; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3281 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3282 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3283 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3284 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3285 * domain. 3286 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3287 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3288 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3289 * them to be applied. 3290 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3291 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3292 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3293 * domain request to be processed. 3294 */ 3295 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3296 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3297 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3298 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3299 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3300 }; 3301 3302 /** 3303 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3304 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3305 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3306 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3307 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3308 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3309 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3310 * band edge. 3311 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3312 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3313 * band edge. 3314 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3315 * frequency range, in KHz. 3316 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3317 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3318 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3319 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3320 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3321 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3322 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3323 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3324 * currently defined 3325 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3326 */ 3327 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3328 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3329 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3330 3331 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3332 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3333 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3334 3335 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3336 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3337 3338 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3339 3340 /* keep last */ 3341 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3342 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3343 }; 3344 3345 /** 3346 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3347 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3348 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3349 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3350 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3351 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3352 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3353 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3354 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3355 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3356 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3357 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3358 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3359 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3360 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3361 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3362 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3363 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3364 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3365 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3366 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3367 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3368 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3369 * attribute number currently defined 3370 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3371 */ 3372 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3373 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3374 3375 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3376 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3377 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3378 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3379 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3380 3381 /* keep last */ 3382 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3383 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3384 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3385 }; 3386 3387 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3388 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3389 3390 /** 3391 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3392 * 3393 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3394 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3395 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3396 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3397 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3398 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3399 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3400 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3401 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3402 * beaconing. 3403 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3404 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3405 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3406 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3407 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3408 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3409 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3410 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3411 */ 3412 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3413 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3414 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3415 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3416 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3417 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3418 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3419 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3420 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3421 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3422 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3423 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3424 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3425 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3426 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3427 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3428 }; 3429 3430 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3431 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3432 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3433 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3434 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3435 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3436 3437 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3438 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3439 3440 /** 3441 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3442 * 3443 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3444 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3445 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3446 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3447 */ 3448 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3449 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3450 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3451 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3452 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3453 }; 3454 3455 /** 3456 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3457 * 3458 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3459 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3460 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3461 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3462 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3463 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3464 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3465 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3466 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3467 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3468 * supported feature. 3469 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3470 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3471 */ 3472 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3473 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3474 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3475 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3476 }; 3477 3478 /** 3479 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3480 * 3481 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3482 * when getting information about a survey. 3483 * 3484 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3485 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3486 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3487 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3488 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3489 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3490 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3491 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3492 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3493 * channel was sensed busy 3494 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3495 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3496 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3497 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3498 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3499 * (on this channel or globally) 3500 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3501 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3502 * currently defined 3503 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3504 */ 3505 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3506 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3507 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3508 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3509 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3510 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3511 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3512 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3513 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3514 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3515 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3516 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3517 3518 /* keep last */ 3519 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3520 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3521 }; 3522 3523 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3524 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3525 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3526 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3527 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3528 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3529 3530 /** 3531 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3532 * 3533 * Monitor configuration flags. 3534 * 3535 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3536 * 3537 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3538 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3539 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3540 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3541 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3542 * overrides all other flags. 3543 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3544 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3545 * 3546 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3547 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3548 */ 3549 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3550 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3551 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3552 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3553 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3554 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3555 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3556 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3557 3558 /* keep last */ 3559 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3560 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3561 }; 3562 3563 /** 3564 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3565 * 3566 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3567 * not known or has not been set yet. 3568 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3569 * in Awake state all the time. 3570 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3571 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3572 * neighbor's beacons. 3573 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3574 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3575 * for neighbor's beacons. 3576 * 3577 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3578 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3579 */ 3580 3581 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3582 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3583 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3584 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3585 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3586 3587 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3588 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3589 }; 3590 3591 /** 3592 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3593 * 3594 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3595 * active. 3596 * 3597 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3598 * 3599 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3600 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3601 * 3602 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3603 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3604 * 3605 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3606 * millisecond units 3607 * 3608 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3609 * on this mesh interface 3610 * 3611 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3612 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3613 * mesh 3614 * 3615 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3616 * point. 3617 * 3618 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3619 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3620 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3621 * set. 3622 * 3623 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3624 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3625 * target) 3626 * 3627 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3628 * (in milliseconds) 3629 * 3630 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3631 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3632 * 3633 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3634 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3635 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3636 * 3637 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3638 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3639 * reference element 3640 * 3641 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3642 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3643 * mesh 3644 * 3645 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3646 * 3647 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3648 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3649 * 3650 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3651 * root announcements are transmitted. 3652 * 3653 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3654 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3655 * Announcement frames. 3656 * 3657 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3658 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3659 * PERR element. 3660 * 3661 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3662 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3663 * 3664 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3665 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3666 * a peer link. 3667 * 3668 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3669 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3670 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3671 * 3672 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3673 * 3674 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3675 * 3676 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3677 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3678 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3679 * 3680 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3681 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3682 * 3683 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3684 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3685 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3686 * 3687 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3688 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3689 * 3690 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3691 * 3692 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3693 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3694 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3695 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3696 * 3697 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3698 */ 3699 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3700 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3701 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3702 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3703 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3704 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3705 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3706 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3707 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3708 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3709 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3710 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3711 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3712 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3713 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3714 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3715 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3716 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3717 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3718 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3719 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3720 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3721 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3722 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3723 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3724 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3725 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3726 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3727 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3728 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3729 3730 /* keep last */ 3731 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3732 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3733 }; 3734 3735 /** 3736 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3737 * 3738 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3739 * changed while the mesh is active. 3740 * 3741 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3742 * 3743 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3744 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 3745 * default HWMP. 3746 * 3747 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 3748 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 3749 * metric. 3750 * 3751 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 3752 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 3753 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 3754 * metrics in use. 3755 * 3756 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 3757 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 3758 * 3759 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 3760 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 3761 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 3762 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 3763 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 3764 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 3765 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 3766 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 3767 * userspace daemon. 3768 * 3769 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 3770 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 3771 * neighbor offset synchronization 3772 * 3773 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 3774 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 3775 * 3776 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 3777 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 3778 * Default is no authentication method required. 3779 * 3780 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 3781 * 3782 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 3783 */ 3784 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 3785 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 3786 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 3787 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 3788 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 3789 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 3790 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 3791 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 3792 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 3793 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 3794 3795 /* keep last */ 3796 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3797 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3798 }; 3799 3800 /** 3801 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 3802 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 3803 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 3804 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 3805 * disabled 3806 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 3807 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3808 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 3809 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 3810 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 3811 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 3812 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 3813 */ 3814 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 3815 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 3816 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 3817 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 3818 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 3819 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 3820 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 3821 3822 /* keep last */ 3823 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3824 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3825 }; 3826 3827 enum nl80211_ac { 3828 NL80211_AC_VO, 3829 NL80211_AC_VI, 3830 NL80211_AC_BE, 3831 NL80211_AC_BK, 3832 NL80211_NUM_ACS 3833 }; 3834 3835 /* backward compat */ 3836 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 3837 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 3838 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 3839 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 3840 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 3841 3842 /** 3843 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 3844 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3845 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 3846 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3847 * below the control channel 3848 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 3849 * above the control channel 3850 */ 3851 enum nl80211_channel_type { 3852 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 3853 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 3854 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 3855 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 3856 }; 3857 3858 /** 3859 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 3860 * 3861 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 3862 * attribute. 3863 * 3864 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 3865 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 3866 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3867 * attribute must be provided as well 3868 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3869 * attribute must be provided as well 3870 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3871 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 3872 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 3873 * attribute must be provided as well 3874 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 3875 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 3876 */ 3877 enum nl80211_chan_width { 3878 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 3879 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3880 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 3881 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 3882 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 3883 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 3884 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3885 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3886 }; 3887 3888 /** 3889 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 3890 * 3891 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 3892 * 3893 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 3894 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 3895 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 3896 */ 3897 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 3898 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 3899 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 3900 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 3901 }; 3902 3903 /** 3904 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 3905 * 3906 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 3907 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 3908 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 3909 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 3910 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 3911 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 3912 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 3913 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 3914 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 3915 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 3916 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 3917 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 3918 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 3919 * they are from a Beacon frame. 3920 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 3921 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 3922 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 3923 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 3924 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 3925 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 3926 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 3927 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 3928 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 3929 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 3930 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 3931 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 3932 * yet been received 3933 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 3934 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 3935 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 3936 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 3937 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 3938 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 3939 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 3940 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 3941 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 3942 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3943 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 3944 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 3945 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 3946 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 3947 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 3948 * is set. 3949 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 3950 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 3951 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 3952 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 3953 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 3954 */ 3955 enum nl80211_bss { 3956 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 3957 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 3958 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 3959 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 3960 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3961 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 3962 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 3963 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 3964 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 3965 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 3966 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 3967 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 3968 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 3969 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 3970 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 3971 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 3972 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 3973 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 3974 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 3975 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3976 3977 /* keep last */ 3978 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 3979 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 3980 }; 3981 3982 /** 3983 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 3984 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 3985 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 3986 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 3987 * a given BSS. 3988 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 3989 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 3990 * 3991 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 3992 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 3993 */ 3994 enum nl80211_bss_status { 3995 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 3996 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 3997 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 3998 }; 3999 4000 /** 4001 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4002 * 4003 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4004 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4005 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4006 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4007 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4008 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4009 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4010 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4011 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4012 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4013 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4014 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4015 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4016 */ 4017 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4018 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4019 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4020 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4021 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4022 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4023 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4024 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4025 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4026 4027 /* keep last */ 4028 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4029 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4030 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4031 }; 4032 4033 /** 4034 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4035 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4036 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4037 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4038 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4039 */ 4040 enum nl80211_key_type { 4041 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4042 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4043 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4044 4045 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4046 }; 4047 4048 /** 4049 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4050 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4051 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4052 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4053 */ 4054 enum nl80211_mfp { 4055 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4056 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4057 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4058 }; 4059 4060 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4061 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4062 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4063 }; 4064 4065 /** 4066 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4067 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4068 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4069 * unicast key 4070 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4071 * multicast key 4072 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4073 */ 4074 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4075 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4076 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4077 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4078 4079 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4080 }; 4081 4082 /** 4083 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4084 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4085 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4086 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4087 * keys 4088 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4089 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4090 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4091 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4092 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4093 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4094 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4095 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4096 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4097 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4098 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4099 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4100 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4101 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4102 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4103 */ 4104 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4105 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4106 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4107 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4108 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4109 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4110 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4111 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4112 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4113 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4114 4115 /* keep last */ 4116 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4117 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4118 }; 4119 4120 /** 4121 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4122 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4123 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4124 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4125 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4126 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4127 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4128 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4129 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4130 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4131 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4132 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4133 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4134 */ 4135 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4136 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4137 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4138 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4139 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4140 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4141 4142 /* keep last */ 4143 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4144 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4145 }; 4146 4147 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4148 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4149 4150 /** 4151 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4152 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4153 */ 4154 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4155 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4156 }; 4157 4158 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4159 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4160 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4161 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4162 }; 4163 4164 /** 4165 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4166 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4167 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4168 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz) 4169 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4170 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4171 */ 4172 enum nl80211_band { 4173 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4174 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4175 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4176 4177 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4178 }; 4179 4180 /** 4181 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4182 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4183 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4184 */ 4185 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4186 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4187 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4188 }; 4189 4190 /** 4191 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4192 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4193 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4194 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4195 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4196 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4197 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4198 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4199 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4200 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4201 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4202 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4203 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4204 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4205 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4206 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4207 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4208 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4209 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4210 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4211 * checked. 4212 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4213 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4214 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4215 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4216 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4217 * loss event 4218 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4219 * RSSI threshold event. 4220 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4221 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4222 */ 4223 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4224 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4225 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4226 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4227 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4228 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4229 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4230 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4231 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4232 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4233 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4234 4235 /* keep last */ 4236 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4237 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4238 }; 4239 4240 /** 4241 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4242 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4243 * configured threshold 4244 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4245 * configured threshold 4246 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4247 */ 4248 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4249 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4250 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4251 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4252 }; 4253 4254 4255 /** 4256 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4257 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4258 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4259 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4260 */ 4261 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4262 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4263 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4264 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4265 }; 4266 4267 /** 4268 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4269 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4270 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4271 * a zero bit are ignored 4272 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4273 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4274 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4275 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4276 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4277 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4278 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4279 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4280 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4281 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4282 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4283 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4284 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4285 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4286 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4287 */ 4288 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4289 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4290 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4291 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4292 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4293 4294 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4295 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4296 }; 4297 4298 /** 4299 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4300 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4301 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4302 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4303 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4304 * 4305 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4306 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4307 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4308 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4309 * by the kernel to userspace. 4310 */ 4311 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4312 __u32 max_patterns; 4313 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4314 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4315 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4316 } __attribute__((packed)); 4317 4318 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4319 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4320 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4321 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4322 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4323 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4324 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4325 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4326 4327 /** 4328 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4329 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4331 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4332 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4333 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4334 * any others are even supported by the device. 4335 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4336 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4338 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4339 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4340 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4341 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4342 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4343 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4344 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4345 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4346 * 4347 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4348 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4349 * 4350 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4351 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4352 * to the kernel when configuring. 4353 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4354 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4355 * by the device (flag) 4356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4357 * done by the device) (flag) 4358 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4359 * packet (flag) 4360 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4361 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4362 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4363 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4364 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4365 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4366 * attribute contains the original length. 4367 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4368 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4369 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4370 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4371 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4372 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4373 * contains the original length. 4374 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4375 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4376 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4377 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4378 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4379 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4380 * the TCP connection. 4381 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4382 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4383 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4384 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4385 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4386 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4387 * service 4388 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4389 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4390 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4391 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4392 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4393 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4394 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4395 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4396 * supported by the driver (u32). 4397 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4398 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4399 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4400 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4401 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4402 * occurred. 4403 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4404 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4405 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4406 * these attributes must be present. If 4407 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4408 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4409 * channel. 4410 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4411 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4412 * 4413 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4414 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4415 */ 4416 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4417 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4418 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4419 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4420 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4421 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4422 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4423 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4424 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4425 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4426 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4427 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4428 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4429 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4430 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4431 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4432 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4435 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4436 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4437 4438 /* keep last */ 4439 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4440 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4441 }; 4442 4443 /** 4444 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4445 * 4446 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4447 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4448 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4449 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4450 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4451 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4452 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4453 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4454 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4455 * 4456 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4457 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4458 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4459 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4460 * also woken up. 4461 * 4462 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4463 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4464 */ 4465 4466 /** 4467 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4468 * @start: starting value 4469 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4470 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4471 * 4472 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4473 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4474 * in little endian. 4475 */ 4476 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4477 __u32 start, offset, len; 4478 }; 4479 4480 /** 4481 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4482 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4483 * @len: length of each token 4484 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4485 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4486 */ 4487 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4488 __u32 offset, len; 4489 __u8 token_stream[]; 4490 }; 4491 4492 /** 4493 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4494 * @min_len: minimum token length 4495 * @max_len: maximum token length 4496 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4497 */ 4498 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4499 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4500 }; 4501 4502 /** 4503 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4504 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4505 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4506 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4507 * (in network byte order) 4508 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4509 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4510 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4511 * might require ARP querying. 4512 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4513 * socket and port will be allocated 4514 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4515 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4516 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4517 * of the data payload. 4518 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4519 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4520 * advertising it is just a flag 4521 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4522 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4523 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4524 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4525 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4526 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4527 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4528 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4529 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4530 * but on the TCP payload only. 4531 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4532 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4533 */ 4534 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4535 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4536 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4537 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4538 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4539 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4540 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4541 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4542 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4543 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4544 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4545 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4546 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4547 4548 /* keep last */ 4549 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4550 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4551 }; 4552 4553 /** 4554 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4555 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4556 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4557 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4558 * 4559 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4560 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4561 */ 4562 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4563 __u32 max_rules; 4564 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4565 __u32 max_delay; 4566 } __attribute__((packed)); 4567 4568 /** 4569 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4570 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4571 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4572 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4573 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4574 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4575 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4576 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4577 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4578 */ 4579 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4580 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4581 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4582 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4583 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4584 4585 /* keep last */ 4586 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4587 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4588 }; 4589 4590 /** 4591 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4592 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4593 * in a rule are matched. 4594 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4595 * in a rule are not matched. 4596 */ 4597 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4598 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4599 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4600 }; 4601 4602 /** 4603 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4604 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4605 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4606 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4607 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4608 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4609 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4610 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4611 */ 4612 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4613 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4614 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4615 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4616 4617 /* keep last */ 4618 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4619 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4620 }; 4621 4622 /** 4623 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4624 * 4625 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4626 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4627 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4628 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4629 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4630 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4631 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4632 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4633 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4634 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4635 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4636 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4637 * different channels may be used within this group. 4638 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4639 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4640 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4641 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4642 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4643 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4644 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4645 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4646 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4647 * 4648 * Examples: 4649 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4650 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4651 * 4652 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4653 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4654 * 4655 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4656 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4657 * 4658 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4659 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4660 * 4661 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained 4662 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4663 * that any of these groups must match. 4664 * 4665 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4666 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4667 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4668 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4669 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4670 */ 4671 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4672 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4673 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4674 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4675 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4676 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4677 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4678 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4679 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4680 4681 /* keep last */ 4682 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4683 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4684 }; 4685 4686 4687 /** 4688 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4689 * 4690 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4691 * state of non existant mesh peer links 4692 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4693 * this mesh peer 4694 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4695 * from this mesh peer 4696 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4697 * received from this mesh peer 4698 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4699 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4700 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4701 * plink are discarded 4702 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4703 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4704 */ 4705 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4706 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4707 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4708 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4709 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4710 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4711 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4712 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4713 4714 /* keep last */ 4715 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4716 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4717 }; 4718 4719 /** 4720 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 4721 * 4722 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 4723 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 4724 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 4725 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 4726 */ 4727 enum plink_actions { 4728 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 4729 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 4730 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 4731 4732 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 4733 }; 4734 4735 4736 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 4737 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 4738 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 4739 4740 /** 4741 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 4742 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4743 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 4744 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 4745 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 4746 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 4747 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 4748 */ 4749 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 4750 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 4751 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 4752 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 4753 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 4754 4755 /* keep last */ 4756 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 4757 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 4758 }; 4759 4760 /** 4761 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 4762 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 4763 * Beacon frames) 4764 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 4765 * in Beacon frames 4766 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 4767 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 4768 */ 4769 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 4770 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 4771 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 4772 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 4773 }; 4774 4775 /** 4776 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 4777 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4778 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 4779 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 4780 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 4781 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 4782 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 4783 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 4784 */ 4785 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 4786 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 4787 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 4788 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 4789 4790 /* keep last */ 4791 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 4792 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 4793 }; 4794 4795 /** 4796 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 4797 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4798 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 4799 * priority) 4800 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 4801 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 4802 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 4803 * (internal) 4804 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 4805 * (internal) 4806 */ 4807 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 4808 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 4809 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 4810 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 4811 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 4812 4813 /* keep last */ 4814 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 4815 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 4816 }; 4817 4818 /** 4819 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 4820 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 4821 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 4822 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 4823 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 4824 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 4825 */ 4826 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 4827 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 4828 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 4829 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 4830 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 4831 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 4832 }; 4833 4834 /* 4835 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 4836 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 4837 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 4838 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 4839 }; 4840 */ 4841 4842 /** 4843 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 4844 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 4845 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 4846 * socket option. 4847 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 4848 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 4849 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 4850 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 4851 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 4852 * cellular base stations. 4853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 4854 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 4855 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 4856 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 4857 * mode 4858 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 4859 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 4860 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 4861 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 4862 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 4863 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 4864 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 4865 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 4866 * setting 4867 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 4868 * powersave 4869 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 4870 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 4871 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 4872 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 4873 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 4874 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 4875 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 4876 * states using station flags. 4877 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 4878 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 4879 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 4880 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 4881 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 4882 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 4883 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 4884 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 4885 * still generated by the driver. 4886 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 4887 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 4888 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 4889 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 4890 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 4891 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 4892 * lifetime of a BSS. 4893 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 4894 * Set IE to probe requests. 4895 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 4896 * to probe requests. 4897 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 4898 * requests sent to it by an AP. 4899 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 4900 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 4901 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 4902 * Measurement Report action frame. 4903 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 4904 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 4905 * to enable dynack. 4906 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 4907 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4908 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 4909 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 4910 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 4911 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 4912 * rts/cts handshake. 4913 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 4914 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 4915 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 4916 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 4917 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 4918 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 4919 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 4920 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 4921 * operating as a TDLS peer. 4922 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4923 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 4924 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 4925 * address mask/value will be used. 4926 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 4927 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 4928 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4929 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4930 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 4931 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 4932 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 4933 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 4934 */ 4935 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 4936 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 4937 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 4938 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 4939 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 4940 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 4941 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 4942 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 4943 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 4944 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 4945 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 4946 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 4947 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 4948 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 4949 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 4950 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 4951 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 4952 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 4953 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 4954 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 4955 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 4956 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 4957 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 4958 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 4959 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 4960 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 4961 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 4962 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 4963 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 4964 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 4965 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 4966 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 4967 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 4968 }; 4969 4970 /** 4971 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 4972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 4973 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 4974 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 4975 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 4976 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 4977 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 4978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 4979 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 4980 * certain groups which can be configured by the 4981 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 4982 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 4983 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 4984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 4985 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 4986 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4987 * (if available). 4988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 4989 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 4990 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 4991 * (if available). 4992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 4993 * channel dwell time. 4994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 4995 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 4996 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 4997 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 4998 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 4999 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5000 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5001 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5002 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5003 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5004 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5005 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5007 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5008 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5010 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5011 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5012 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5013 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5014 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5015 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5016 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5018 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5019 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5020 * be supported. 5021 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5022 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5023 * actual dwell time. 5024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5025 * response 5026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5027 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5029 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5031 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5032 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5033 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5034 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5035 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5036 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5037 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5038 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5039 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5040 * "radar detected" event. 5041 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5042 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5043 * 5044 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5045 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5046 */ 5047 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5048 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5049 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5050 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5051 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5052 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5053 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5054 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5055 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5056 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5057 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5058 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5059 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5060 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5061 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5062 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5063 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5064 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5065 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5066 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5067 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5068 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5069 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5070 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5071 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5072 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5073 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5074 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5075 5076 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5077 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5078 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5079 }; 5080 5081 /** 5082 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5083 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5084 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5085 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5086 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5087 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5088 * to the host. 5089 * 5090 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5091 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5092 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5093 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5094 */ 5095 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5096 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5097 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5098 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5099 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5100 }; 5101 5102 /** 5103 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5104 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5105 * handled by the AP is reached. 5106 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5107 */ 5108 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5109 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5110 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5111 }; 5112 5113 /** 5114 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5115 * 5116 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5117 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5118 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5119 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5120 */ 5121 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5122 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5123 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5124 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5125 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5126 }; 5127 5128 /** 5129 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5130 * 5131 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5132 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5133 * requests. 5134 * 5135 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5136 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5137 * one of them can be used in the request. 5138 * 5139 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5140 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5141 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5142 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5143 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5144 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5145 * when really needed 5146 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5147 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5148 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5149 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5150 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5151 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5152 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5153 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5154 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5155 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5156 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5157 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5158 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5159 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel, 5160 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5161 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5162 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5163 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5164 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5165 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5166 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5167 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5168 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5169 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5170 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5171 * impacted with this flag. 5172 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5173 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5174 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5175 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5176 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5177 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5178 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5179 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5180 */ 5181 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5182 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5183 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5184 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5185 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5186 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5187 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5188 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5189 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5190 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5191 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5192 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5193 }; 5194 5195 /** 5196 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5197 * 5198 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5199 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5200 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5201 * 5202 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5203 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5204 * in ACL to authenticate. 5205 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5206 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5207 */ 5208 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5209 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5210 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5211 }; 5212 5213 /** 5214 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5215 * 5216 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5217 * 5218 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5219 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5220 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5221 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5222 */ 5223 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5224 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5225 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5226 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5227 5228 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5229 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5230 }; 5231 5232 /** 5233 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5234 * 5235 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5236 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5237 * 5238 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5239 * now unusable. 5240 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5241 * the channel is now available. 5242 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5243 * change to the channel status. 5244 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5245 * over, channel becomes usable. 5246 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5247 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5248 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5249 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5250 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5251 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5252 */ 5253 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5254 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5255 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5256 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5257 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5258 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5259 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5260 }; 5261 5262 /** 5263 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5264 * 5265 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5266 * 5267 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5268 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5269 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5270 * is therefore marked as not available. 5271 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5272 */ 5273 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5274 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5275 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5276 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5277 }; 5278 5279 /** 5280 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5281 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5282 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5283 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5284 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5285 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5286 */ 5287 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5288 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5289 }; 5290 5291 /** 5292 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5293 * 5294 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5295 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5296 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5297 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5298 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5299 */ 5300 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5301 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5302 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5303 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5304 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5305 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5306 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5307 }; 5308 5309 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5310 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5311 5312 /** 5313 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5314 * 5315 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5316 * 5317 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5318 */ 5319 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5320 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5321 }; 5322 5323 /* 5324 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5325 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5326 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5327 */ 5328 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5329 5330 /** 5331 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5332 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5333 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5334 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5335 * added to this file when needed. 5336 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5337 */ 5338 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5339 __u32 vendor_id; 5340 __u32 subcmd; 5341 }; 5342 5343 /** 5344 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5345 * 5346 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5347 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5348 * 5349 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5350 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5351 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5352 */ 5353 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5354 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5355 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5356 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5357 }; 5358 5359 /** 5360 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5361 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5362 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5363 * seconds (u32). 5364 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5365 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5366 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5367 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5368 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5369 * currently defined 5370 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5371 */ 5372 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5373 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5374 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5375 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5376 5377 /* keep last */ 5378 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5379 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5380 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5381 }; 5382 5383 /** 5384 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5385 * 5386 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5387 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5388 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5389 */ 5390 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5391 __u8 band; 5392 __s8 delta; 5393 } __attribute__((packed)); 5394 5395 /** 5396 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5397 * 5398 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5399 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5400 * is requested. 5401 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5402 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5403 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5404 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5405 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5406 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5407 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5408 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5409 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5410 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5411 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5412 * 5413 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5414 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5415 * which the driver shall use. 5416 */ 5417 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5418 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5419 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5420 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5421 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5422 5423 /* keep last */ 5424 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5425 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5426 }; 5427 5428 /** 5429 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5430 * 5431 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5432 * 5433 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5434 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5435 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5436 */ 5437 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5438 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5439 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5440 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5441 5442 /* keep last */ 5443 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5444 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5445 }; 5446 5447 /** 5448 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5449 * 5450 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5451 * 5452 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5453 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5454 */ 5455 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5456 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5457 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5458 }; 5459 5460 /** 5461 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5462 * 5463 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5464 * 5465 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5466 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5467 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5468 */ 5469 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5470 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5471 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5472 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5473 }; 5474 5475 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5476 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5477 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5478 5479 /** 5480 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5481 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5482 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5483 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5484 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5485 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5486 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5487 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5488 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5489 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5490 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5491 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5492 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5493 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5494 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5495 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5496 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5497 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5498 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5499 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5500 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5501 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5502 * This is a flag. 5503 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5504 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5505 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5506 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5507 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5508 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5509 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5510 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5511 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5512 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5513 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5514 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5515 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5516 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5517 * 5518 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5519 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5520 */ 5521 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5522 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5523 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5524 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5525 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5526 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5527 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5528 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5529 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5530 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5531 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5532 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5533 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5534 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5536 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5537 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5538 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5539 5540 /* keep last */ 5541 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5542 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5543 }; 5544 5545 /** 5546 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5547 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5548 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5549 * This is a flag. 5550 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5551 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5552 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5553 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5554 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5555 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5556 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5557 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5558 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5559 */ 5560 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5561 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5562 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5563 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5564 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5565 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5566 5567 /* keep last */ 5568 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5569 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5570 }; 5571 5572 /** 5573 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5574 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5575 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5576 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5577 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5578 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5579 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5580 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5581 * 5582 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5583 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5584 */ 5585 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5586 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5587 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5588 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5589 5590 /* keep last */ 5591 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5592 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5593 }; 5594 5595 /** 5596 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 5597 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 5598 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 5599 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 5600 */ 5601 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 5602 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 5603 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 5604 }; 5605 5606 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 5607